Loughborough University
Leicestershire, UK
LE11 3TU
+44 (0)1509 222222
Loughborough University

Programme Specifications

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award.  Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts
Programme title Accounting and Financial Management
Programme code BSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN34
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme  aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management  professions or more general management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management  as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management  by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas. 

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
  • To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
  • To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the professional accounting bodies

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
  • Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
  • Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
  • Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
  • Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • Analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
  • A range of contemporary issues in management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •     Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
  •     Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
  •     Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately (A);
  •     Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •  Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
  •  Prepare financial statements (A);
  •  Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 i)       Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);

ii)        Learn (A) and work independently;

iii)       Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);

iv)       Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);

 v)       Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);

vi)       Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);

vii)      Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting 10
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA025 Introduction to Law 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis 10
BSA019 Accounting in Context 10
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB005 Management Accounting 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB015 Company Law 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE)  
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSBnnn Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice 10
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles 10
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
GROUP 2  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
GROUP 2  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1.  Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award.  Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts
Programme title Accounting and Financial Management
Programme code BSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN34
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme  aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management  professions or more general management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management  as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management  by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas. 

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
  • To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
  • To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the professional accounting bodies

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
  • Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
  • Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
  • Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
  • Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • Analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
  • A range of contemporary issues in management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •     Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
  •     Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
  •     Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately (A);
  •     Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •  Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
  •  Prepare financial statements (A);
  •  Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 i)       Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);

ii)        Learn (A) and work independently;

iii)       Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);

iv)       Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);

 v)       Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);

vi)       Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);

vii)      Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting 10
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA025 Introduction to Law 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis 10
BSA019 Accounting in Context 10
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB005 Management Accounting 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB015 Company Law 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE)  
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSBnnn Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice 10
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles 10
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
GROUP 2  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
GROUP 2  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1.  Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award.  Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts
Programme title Accounting and Financial Management
Programme code BSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN34
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme  aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management  professions or more general management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management  as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management  by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas. 

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
  • To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
  • To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the professional accounting bodies

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
  • Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
  • Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
  • Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
  • Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • Analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
  • A range of contemporary issues in management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •     Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
  •     Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
  •     Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately (A);
  •     Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •  Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
  •  Prepare financial statements (A);
  •  Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 i)       Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);

ii)        Learn (A) and work independently;

iii)       Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);

iv)       Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);

 v)       Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);

vi)       Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);

vii)      Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA020

Microeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA019

Accounting in Context

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA025

Introduction to Law

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB005 Management Accounting 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB015 Company Law 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE)  
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice 10
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles 10
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
GROUP 2  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
GROUP 2  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1.  Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award.  Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts
Programme title Accounting and Financial Management
Programme code BSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN34
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme  aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management  professions or more general management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management  as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management  by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas. 

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
  • To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
  • To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the professional accounting bodies

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
  • Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
  • Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
  • Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
  • Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • Analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
  • A range of contemporary issues in management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •     Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
  •     Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
  •     Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately (A);
  •     Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •  Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
  •  Prepare financial statements (A);
  •  Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 i)       Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);

ii)        Learn (A) and work independently;

iii)       Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);

iv)       Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);

 v)       Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);

vi)       Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);

vii)      Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA020

Microeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA019

Accounting in Context

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA025

Introduction to Law

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB005 Management Accounting 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB015 Company Law 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE)  
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice 10
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles 10
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
GROUP 2  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
GROUP 2  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1.  Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2012 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award.  Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts
Programme title Accounting and Financial Management
Programme code BSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN34
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

The School of Business and Economicsat Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the professional accounting bodies

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
  • Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
  • Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
  • Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
  • Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • Analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
  • A range of contemporary issues in management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •     Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
  •     Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
  •     Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately (A);
  •     Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  •  Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
  •  Prepare financial statements (A);
  •  Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

     i.         Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);

     ii.        Learn (A) and work independently;

    iii.        Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);

   iv.        Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);

    v.        Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);

   vi.        Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);

  vii.        Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A)

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA020

Microeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA019

Accounting in Context

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA025

Introduction to Law

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 30)

 

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB005

Management Accounting

(weight 20)                continued in Semester 2

10

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB015

Company Law

10

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 30)

Three modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme.

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

 

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB005

Management Accounting

(weight 20)                continued from Semester 1

10

BSB007

Financial Reporting

10

BSB012

Information Systems Development

10

BSB025

Financial Management

10

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice 10
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles 10
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
GROUP 2  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets 10
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
GROUP 2  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business 10
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation 10
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC150 Business Ethics 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1.  Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts
Programme title Banking, Finance and Management
Programme code BSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.

 

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

 

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth. 
  • To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas. 
  • To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

 

Consequently the programme seeks

 

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management.  Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
  • current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
  • selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
  • methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
  • formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
  • advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of  alternative solutions (B&M);
  • gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
  • relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
  • use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
  • apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting 10
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis 10
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB120 Management Science Methods 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSBnnn Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

 

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

 

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC045 Strategy in Banking 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts
Programme title Banking, Finance and Management
Programme code BSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.

 

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

 

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth. 
  • To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas. 
  • To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

 

Consequently the programme seeks

 

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management.  Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
  • current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
  • selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
  • methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
  • formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
  • advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of  alternative solutions (B&M);
  • gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
  • relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
  • use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
  • apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting 10
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis 10
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB120 Management Science Methods 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSBnnn Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

 

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

 

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC045 Strategy in Banking 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts
Programme title Banking, Finance and Management
Programme code BSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.

 

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

 

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth. 
  • To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas. 
  • To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

 

Consequently the programme seeks

 

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management.  Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
  • current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
  • selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
  • methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
  • formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
  • advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of  alternative solutions (B&M);
  • gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
  • relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
  • use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
  • apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

          Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA035

Introduction to Banking

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

             Semester 2

 i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA036

Banking Law and Practice

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Busines

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

20

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

20

 

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  

ECB015 Economics of the Financial System

20

SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB030 Marketing 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB007 Financial Reporting 10
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

 

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

 

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC045 Strategy in Banking 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC150 Business Ethics 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts
Programme title Banking, Finance and Management
Programme code BSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.

 

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

 

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth. 
  • To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas. 
  • To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

 

Consequently the programme seeks

 

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management.  Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
  • current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
  • selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
  • methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
  • formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
  • advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of  alternative solutions (B&M);
  • gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
  • relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
  • use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
  • apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA035

Introduction to Banking

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

 

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA036

Banking Law and Practice

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Busines

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

 

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB030

Marketing

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB120

Decision Making Analysis

10

ECB015

Economics of the Financial System (weight 20)                continued in Semester 2

10

                             

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.

 

Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB025

Financial Management

10

BSB067

Business Lending

10

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

ECB015

Economics of the Financial System (weight 20)              continued from Semester 1

10

                    

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.


4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

 

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

 

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC045 Strategy in Banking 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2012 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT).

In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies.

Final award BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts
Programme title Banking, Finance and Management
Programme code BSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth. 
  • To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas. 
  • To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers. 
  • To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
  • General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
  • Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management.  Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
  • current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
  • selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
  • methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
  • analytical tools for the effective financial management of  business operations (A);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
  • formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
  • advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of  alternative solutions (B&M);
  • gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources  adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
  • relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
  • use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
  • apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA017

Financial Accounting

20

BSA035

Introduction to Banking

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA022

Macroeconomics for Financial Studies

10

BSA036

Banking Law and Practice

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Busines

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

20

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

20

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB030

Marketing

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB120

Decision Making Analysis

10

ECB015

Economics of the Financial System (weight 20)                continued in Semester 2

10

                        

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.

 

Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB025

Financial Management

10

BSB067

Business Lending

10

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

ECB015

Economics of the Financial System (weight 20)              continued from Semester 1

10

                    

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

         Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC045 Strategy in Banking 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets 10
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC025 Auditing 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business 10
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation 10
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC150 Business Ethics 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc/ BSc+DPS
Programme title Information Management and Business
Programme code BSUB25
Length of programme The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years)
Admissions criteria

See http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/informationmanagementandbusiness

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
  • To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks:

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

K1.   the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)

K2.   information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)

K3.   the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)

K4.   the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)

K5.   professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)

K6.   a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)

K7.   pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM) 

K8.   human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)

K9.   appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)

K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)

K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)

K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)

K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)

K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)

K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)

K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management  (GBM)

K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

C1.    demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)

C2.    self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)

C3.    apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)

C4.    plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats

C5.    apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)

b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

P1.    demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management  of information (LIM)

P2.     specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)

P3.     carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)

P4.     apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)

P5.     use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)

P6.     conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

T1.     make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T2.    use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T3.     apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)

T4.     show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)

T5.     demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)

T6.     achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)

T7.     appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)

T8.     demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business 10
ISA410 Information in Society 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management 10
ISA411 Intelligent Organisations 10
ISA413 Agile Data Management 10

4.2 Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB120 Management Science Methods 10
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB012 Informaiton Systems Development 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
ISB412 Digital Resilience 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
ISB301 Systems Thinking 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

 

4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)

Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills 10

SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options

 
GROUP 1*  
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 10/20
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management 10
ISC200 Information Architecture 10
ISC336 Social Informatics 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10

SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options

 
GROUP 1*  
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 20/10
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS 10
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
GROUP 2 (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc/ BSc+DPS
Programme title Information Management and Business
Programme code BSUB25
Length of programme The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years)
Admissions criteria

See http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/informationmanagementandbusiness

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
  • To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks:

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

K1.   the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)

K2.   information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)

K3.   the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)

K4.   the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)

K5.   professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)

K6.   a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)

K7.   pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM) 

K8.   human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)

K9.   appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)

K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)

K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)

K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)

K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)

K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)

K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)

K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management  (GBM)

K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

C1.    demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)

C2.    self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)

C3.    apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)

C4.    plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats

C5.    apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)

b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

P1.    demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management  of information (LIM)

P2.     specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)

P3.     carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)

P4.     apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)

P5.     use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)

P6.     conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

T1.     make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T2.    use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T3.     apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)

T4.     show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)

T5.     demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)

T6.     achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)

T7.     appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)

T8.     demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting 10
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business 10
ISA410 Knowledge, Data and Information in Society 10
COA102 Web Design 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA506 Management of Human Resources 10
BSA526 Accounting for Managers 10
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management 10
ISA411 Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations 10
ISA413 Information & Knowledge Organisation and Retrieval 10

4.2 Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB560 Principles of Marketing 10
ISB410 People Centred Information Services 10
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB562 The Marketing Mix 10
BSB572 Management Science Methods 10
ISB412 Digital Resilience 20
ISB413 Research Methods 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
ISB301 Systems Thinking 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment 10

 

4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)

Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSC570 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills 10

SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of modules*

 
GROUP 1  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 10/20
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management 10
ISC200 Information Architecture 10
ISC336 Social Informatics 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 10

SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of modules*

 
GROUP 1  
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 20/10
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS 10
ISC330 Culture and Change Management 10
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Making 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC080 Analyising Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc/ BSc+DPS
Programme title Information Management and Business
Programme code BSUB25
Length of programme The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years)
Admissions criteria

See http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/informationmanagementandbusiness

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
  • To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks:

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

K1.   the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)

K2.   information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)

K3.   the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)

K4.   the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)

K5.   professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)

K6.   a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)

K7.   pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM) 

K8.   human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)

K9.   appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)

K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)

K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)

K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)

K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)

K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)

K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)

K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management  (GBM)

K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

C1.    demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)

C2.    self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)

C3.    apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)

C4.    plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats

C5.    apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)

b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

P1.    demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management  of information (LIM)

P2.     specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)

P3.     carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)

P4.     apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)

P5.     use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)

P6.     conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

T1.     make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T2.    use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T3.     apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)

T4.     show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)

T5.     demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)

T6.     achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)

T7.     appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)

T8.     demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting 10
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business 10
ISA410 Knowledge, Data and Information in Society 10
COA102 Web Design 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA506 Management of Human Resources 10
BSA526 Accounting for Managers 10
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management 10
ISA411 Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations 10
ISA413 Information & Knowledge Organisation and Retrieval 10

4.2 Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB560 Principles of Marketing 10
ISB410 People Centred Information Services 10
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB562 The Marketing Mix 10
BSB572 Management Science Methods 10
ISB412 Records Management in Organisations 20
ISB413 Research Methods 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB580 Operations Management 10
ISB301 Informatics and Systems 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB550 Company Finance 10
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment 10

 

4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)

Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSC570 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills 10

SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of modules*

 
GROUP 1*  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 10/20
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management 10
ISC200 Information Architecture 10
ISC336 Social Informatics 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 10

SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*

 
GROUP 1*  
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 20/10
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS 10
ISC330 Culture and Change Management 10
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
GROUP 2 (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business Studies (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc/ BSc+DPS
Programme title Information Management and Business Studies
Programme code BSUB25
Length of programme The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years)
Admissions criteria

See http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/informationmanagementandbusiness

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
  • To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks:

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

K1.   the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)

K2.   information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)

K3.   the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)

K4.   the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)

K5.   professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)

K6.   a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)

K7.   pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM) 

K8.   human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)

K9.   appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)

K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)

K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)

K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)

K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)

K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)

K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)

K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management  (GBM)

K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

C1.    demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)

C2.    self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)

C3.    apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)

C4.    plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats

C5.    apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)

b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

P1.    demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management  of information (LIM)

P2.     specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)

P3.     carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)

P4.     apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)

P5.     use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)

P6.     conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:

T1.     make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T2.    use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)

T3.     apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)

T4.     show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)

T5.     demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)

T6.     achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)

T7.     appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)

T8.     demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A Introductory Modules

Semester 1

i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

 

Code

Module title

Modular Weight

ISA410

Knowledge, Data and Information in Society

10

ISA412

Web Design

10

BSA505

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA525

Introduction to Accounting

10

BSA570

Quantitative Methods for Business

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2

10

Semester 2

i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Module title

Modular Weight

ISA411

Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations

10

ISA413

Information & Knowledge Organisation & Retrieval

10

BSA506

Management of Human Resources

10

BSA572

Statistics and Modelling for Managers

10

BSA526

Accounting for Managers

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1

10

4.2 Part B - Degree Modules

Semester 1

i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Module title

Modular Weight

ISB411

Knowledge, Data and Information Systems

20

ISB410

People Centred Information Systems

10

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB560

Principles of Marketing

10

ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One of the following modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme:

ISB301, BSB050, BSB580

Semester 2

i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Module title

Modular Weight

ISB412

Records Management in Organisations

20

ISB413

Research Methods

10

BSB572

Management Science Methods

10

BSB562

The Marketing Mix

10

ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One of the following modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme:

BSB012, BSB052, BSB550, BSB590

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)

Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE  
BSC570 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills 10

SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*

 
GROUP 1*  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 10/20
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management 10
ISC200 Information Architecture 10
ISC336 Social Informatics 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 10

SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES
with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*

 
GROUP 1*  
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 20/10
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS 10
ISC330 Culture and Change Management 10
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
GROUP 2 (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C. The percentage mark for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final percentage mark.

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS
Programme title International Business
Programme code BSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N110
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
  • integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).      
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
  • create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3    Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
EUL111 French Language 11 10
EUL211 German Language 11 10
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
EUL112 French Language 11 10
EUL212 German Language 11 10
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS
Programme title International Business
Programme code BSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N110
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
  • integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).      
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
  • create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsiblity 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3    Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
EUL111 French Language 11 10
EUL211 German Language 11 10
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
EUL112 French Language 11 10
EUL212 German Language 11 10
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS
Programme title International Business
Programme code BSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N110
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
  • integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).      
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
  • create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3    Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
EUL111 French Language 11 10
EUL211 German Language 11 10
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
EUL112 French Language 11 10
EUL212 German Language 11 10
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS
Programme title International Business
Programme code BSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N110
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
  • integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).      
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
  • create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3    Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
EUL111 French Language 11 10
EUL211 German Language 11 10
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
EUL112 French Language 11 10
EUL212 German Language 11 10
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:

To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2012 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS
Programme title International Business
Programme code BSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N110
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
  •  To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
  • integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
  • the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
  • the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
  • pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).      
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
  • create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above)

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

20

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

20

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above) .

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB023

Macroeconomics for Business

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB050

International Business

10

BSB137

Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above) subject to School approval.

 

            Semester 2

EITHER

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB200

International Semester

60

OR

 i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB024

International Economics

10

BSB052

International Management

10

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

BSB086

International Employment Relations

10

BSB105

Brand Management

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3    Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets 10
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
EUL111 French Language 11 10
EUL211 German Language 11 10
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE)  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business 10
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces 10
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation 10
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC150 Business Ethics 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
EUL112 French Language 11 10
EUL212 German Language 11 10
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 10
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 10
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also; 

To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Management Sciences
Programme code BSUB40
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N201
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
  • The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
  • The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
  • Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
  • Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
  • A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of  appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
  • Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
  • Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
  • Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
  • Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Management Science Methods 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Management Sciences
Programme code BSUB40
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N201
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
  • The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
  • The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
  • Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
  • Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
  • A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of  appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
  • Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
  • Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
  • Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
  • Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA035 Introduction to Banking 10
BSA050 Introduction to Management 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSA026 Principles of Law 10
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice 10
BSA052 Sociology of Work 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Management Science Methods 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Management Sciences
Programme code BSUB40
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N201
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
  • The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
  • The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
  • Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
  • Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
  • A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of  appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
  • Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
  • Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
  • Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
  • Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA053

Organisations in the Internatiional Context

10

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB100 Operations Management 10
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB015 Company Law 10
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO)  
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB067 Business Lending 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
University Wide Languages Programme 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Management Sciences
Programme code BSUB40
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N201
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
  • The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
  • The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
  • Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
  • Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
  • A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of  appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
  • Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
  • Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
  • Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
  • Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA053

Organisations in the Internatiional Context

10

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB100

Operations Management

10

BSB120

Decision Making Analysis

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above).

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB012

Information Systems Development

10

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

BSB105

Brand Management

10

BSB110

Data Analysis for Management

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2012 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Management Sciences
Programme code BSUB40
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code N201
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism. 
  • To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations. 
  • To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills. 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

 On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
  • Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
  • The behaviour of people in organisations;
  • The processes of management and decision making;
  • Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
  • The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
  • The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
  • The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
  • The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
  • The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
  • Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
  • Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
  • A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of  appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
  • Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
  • Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
  • Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
  • Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
  • Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

Or

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

BSA110

Business Modelling A

20

 

Or

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

20

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB100

Operations Management

10

BSB120

Decision Making Analysis

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above).

 

            Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB012

Information Systems Development

10

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

BSB105

Brand Management

10

BSB110

Data Analysis for Management

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC055 Strategic Management 20
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets 10
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC115 International Marketing 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC064 Business Optimisation 10
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation 10
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business 10
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC088 Working Lives Under Globalisation 10
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC150 Business Ethics 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2016 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Retailing, Marketing and Management
Programme code BSUB50
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN25
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M)
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates (B&M)
  •  integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
  • the processes of management and decision making;
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
  • the nature of retailing and other organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in the retailing industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1         Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB131 Visual Merchandising 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC180 Retailing Logistics 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC170 Retailing Strategy 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC115 International Marketing 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2015 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Retailing, Marketing and Management
Programme code BSUB50
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN25
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M)
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates (B&M)
  •  integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
  • the processes of management and decision making;
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
  • the nature of retailing and other organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in the retailing industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1         Part A - Introductory Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment 20
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour 10
BSA055 Principles of Marketing 10
BSA070 Financial Framework 10
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management 10
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A 10
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B 10
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context 10
BSA057 The Marketing Mix 10
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business 10
BSA077 Retailing Environment 10
BSA110 Business Modelling A 10
or BSA115 Business Modelling B 10

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSA070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB131 Visual Merchandising 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC180 Retailing Logistics 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC170 Retailing Strategy 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC115 International Marketing 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2014 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Retailing, Marketing and Management
Programme code BSUB50
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN25
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M)
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates (B&M)
  •  integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
  • the processes of management and decision making;
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
  • the nature of retailing and other organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in the retailing industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1         Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

 

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

 

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

 

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

 

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

 

BSA075

Introduction to Retail Management

10

 

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

 

Or

 

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

 

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

 

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

 

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

 

BSA077

Retailing Environment

10

 

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

 

Or

 

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

 

 4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB010 Business Information Management 10
BSB040 Human Resource Management 10
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions 10
BSB105 Brand Management 10
BSB131 Visual Merchandising 10
BSB132 Retail Buying 10
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO)  
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business 10
BSB035 Sales Management 10
BSB050 International Business 10
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE)  
BSB012 Information Systems Development 10
BSB024 International Economics 10
BSB025 Financial Management 10
BSB046 Organisation Studies 10
BSB052 International Management 10
BSB086 International Employment Relations 10
BSB087 Vocational Psychology 10
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management 10

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

 

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC180 Retailing Logistics 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC170 Retailing Strategy 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC115 International Marketing 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC062 Analytics for Management 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2013 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Retailing, Marketing and Management
Programme code BSUB50
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN25
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.

Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students

  • To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing. 
  • To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth. 
  • To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement. 
  • To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.

Consequently the programme seeks

  • To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement. 
  • To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement. 
  • To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies. 
  • To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community. 
  • To enhance the employability of our graduates.

 

The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims.  It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.

 

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
  • The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.

On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas

  • the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M)
  • the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates (B&M)
  •  integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
  • the processes of management and decision making;
  • concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
  • the nature of retailing and other organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
  • the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
  • the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
  • the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
  • the management of operations in the retailing industries (B&M);
  • the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
  • the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
  • the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
  • Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
  • Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
  • Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
  • make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
  • conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
  • use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of the programme students should be able to

  • Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through  time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
  • Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
  • Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
  • Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
  • Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
  • Learn and work independently (B&M);
  • Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
  • Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
  • Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
  • Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).

4. Programme structure

4.1         Part A - Introductory Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

 

BSA005

Organisational Behaviour

10

 

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued in Semester 2

10

 

BSA055

Principles of Marketing

10

 

BSA070

Financial Framework

10

 

BSA075

Introduction to Retail Management

10

 

BSA080

Quantitative Methods for Business A

10

 

 

Or

 

 

BSA085

Quantitative Methods for Business B

10

 

Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

 

BSA007

Skills for Study, Placement and Employment

(weight 20)     continued from Semester 1

10

BSA053

Organisations in the International Context

10

 

BSA057

The Marketing Mix

10

 

BSA060

Microeconomics for Business

10

 

BSA077

Retailing Environment

10

 

BSA110

Business Modelling A

10

 

 

Or

 

 

BSA115

Business Modelling B

10

 

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

            Semester 1

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB010

Business Information Management

10

BSB040

Human Resource Management

10

BSB125

Retail and Service Operations

20

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)

Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme.

           

Semester 2

i)       COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)

Code

Title

Modular Weight

BSB070

Accounting for Management Decisions

10

BSB105

Brand Management

10

BSB131

Visual Merchandising

10

BSB132

Retail Buying

10

BSB135

Consumer Behaviour

10

 

ii)      OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)

One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme.

Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University.  Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics.  Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.

 

4.3       Part I

Candidates pursue one of the following streams:

i)       Placement Stream

Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.

ii)      Study Abroad Stream

Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.

iii)       Split Stream

         Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.

(iv)    Language Related Placement

Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment,  approved by the School of Business and Economics.

4.4       Part C - Degree Modules

MODULE TITLE Modular Weight
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning 10
BSC180 Retailing Logistics 20
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES  
BSC170 Retailing Strategy 10
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC115 International Marketing 10
GROUP 2  
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy 10
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround 10
BSC030 Corporate Governance 10
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. 10
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society 10
BSC097 Knowledge Management 10
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills 10
BSC105 International Human Resource Management 10
BSC130 Business Programming 10
BSC132 Small Business Issues 10
BSC165 Business Forecasting 10
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options*  
GROUP 1*  
BSC117 Services Marketing 10
BSC124 Marketing Communications 10
GROUP 2  
BSC016 Financial Risk Management 10
BSC018 Behavioural Finance 10
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking 10
BSC053 International Negotiations 10
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making 10
BSC071 Managing Big Data 10
BSC072 Strategic Information Management 10
BSC080 Analysing Careers 10
BSC134  Business Planning for New Ventures 10
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning 10
BSC140 Lean Operations 10
BSC144 Project Management 10
BSC175 Retail Location 10
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*.

Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year.  Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also: 

- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.

Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2012 entry)

Academic Year: 2016/17

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department School of Business and Economics
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body
Final award BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS
Programme title Retailing, Marketing and Management
Programme code BSUB50
Length of programme The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
UCAS code NN25
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/

Date at which the programme specification was published